70
 1 Contents 1. Introduction ……………………………………………………………………………… 3 2. Program Function Keys 2-1 Function Keys ……………………………………………………………………… 5 2-2 Auxiliar y Keys ……………………………………………………………………… 6 2-3 Numeric Membrane Keys …………………………………………………………… 6 2-4 Operation key and the Indi cator ……………………………………………………… 7 2-5 Selecting the operating functions …………………………………………………… 8 3. Run 3-1 Running the current dye pr ogram …………………………………………………… 9 3-2 Jumping steps ……………………………………………………………………… 10 3-3 Checking the Temperature Curve and alarm ………………………………………… 11 3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display ………………………………………………… 12 3-5 Icon Mode Display ………………………………………………………………… 13 3-6 Running state of dyeing machine …………………………………………………… 13 3-7 Keep continuing to run f rom the break point ………………………………………… 14 3-8 Editing dye step temporary ………………………………………………………… 15 3-9 Creating an addition dye step d uring dye program r unning …………………………… 16 4. Password 4-1 Entering the password ……………………………………………………………… 18 4-2 Locking the data …………………………………………………………………… 19 4-3 Setting and changing the Users password …………………………………………… 19 5. Editing Dye Programs 5-1 Choosing a dye program …………………………………………………………… 21 5-2 Creating a new dye progr am ………………………………………………………… 22 5-3 Setting the file name(for dye programs) …………………………………………… 24 5-4 Inserting a program step …………………………………………………………… 25 5-5 Deleting a program step …………………………………………………………… 26 5-6 Modifying a program step ………………………………………………………… 27 5-7 Copying a dye program …………………………………………………………… 28 5-8 Deleting a dye program …………………………………………………………… 29 6. Setting 6-1 Enable to use the program steps Setting ………………………………………… 30 6-2 Allow to modify dye program temporary during operating Setting ………………… 31 6-3 Allow to insert an addition dye steps Setting ……………………………………… 35 6-4 Setting the display mode …………………………………………………………… 36 6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions ………………………………………… 37 6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions ……………………………………… 38

DTR 650 User Manual

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 170

Contents

1 Introduction helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 3

2 Program Function Keys2-1 Function Keys helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 5

2-2 Auxiliary Keys helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 6

2-3 Numeric Membrane Keys helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 62-4 Operation key and the Indicator helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 7

2-5 Selecting the operating functions helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 8

3 Run3-1 Running the current dye program helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 9

3-2 Jumping steps helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 10

3-3 Checking the Temperature Curve and alarm helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 11

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 123-5 Icon Mode Display helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 13

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 13

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 14

3-8 Editing dye step temporary helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 15

3-9 Creating an addition dye step during dye program running helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 16

4Password 4-1 Entering the password helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 18

4-2 Locking the data helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 19

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 19

5 Editing Dye Programs 5-1 Choosing a dye program helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 21

5-2 Creating a new dye program helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 22

5-3 Setting the file name(for dye programs) helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 245-4 Inserting a program step helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 25

5-5 Deleting a program step helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 26

5-6 Modifying a program step helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 27

5-7 Copying a dye program helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 28

5 8 D l i d 29

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 270

7 Editing the Factors

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 39

7-2 Loading the standard factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 40

7-3 Copying the factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 41

7-4 Loading the backup factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 41

8 Output Testing 8-1 Testing the Digital output helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 42

8-2 Testing the Analog output helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 43

9 Calibration 9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 44

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 45

9-3 Temperature Calibration helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 46

10 Records of Dye Programs helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 47

11 Usage of Memory Card 11-1 Downloading data helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 49

11-2 Storing and transferring data helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 50

12 State and Information 12-1 Input Output state helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 51

12-2 Checking the system information helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 51

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 5213 Adjusting the Contrast helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 53

14 Stop running the PLC Program helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 54

15 Setting the time helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 55

16 Supplementary Table Table 1 Dye Instruction helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 56

Table 2 Alarm helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 57Table 3 System factor helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 58

Table 4 Temperature Control Factor helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 60

Table 5 Speed Factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 61

Table 6 Dosing Factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 62

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 370

1 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150

DTR 650 Dyeing Machine Controller is a device that suitable for any kinds of high

or low temperaturersquos dyeing machines

57 inches TFT 256K Color Display with Chinese English and more language 8 individual PID control loops 3 loops for temperature control 2 loops for dosing

2 loops for pressure control and 1 loop speed control can operate indenpently atthe same time

Expandable InOutputrsquos up to 96 digital outputs and 72 digital inputs 6 setsPT100 temperature sensors 12 analog inputs and 12 analog outputs

Dye program and dye step can be edit before running an additional dye programand step can also run during dye program in operating or in a stop state

Each of the digital input and output channel can be adapted to another functions

directly from controllers Each main function can be operating with 4 parallel functions at the same time Three types of display mode during operating Schematic Diagram mode for

monitoring the whole dyeing process water level and the valve state Icon modefor viewing the main and parallel functions at the same time Program List modefor viewing the main function and all parallel functions at the same time User canchange the mode at anytime

Memorize for the past 15 days of running programs and temperature curves for

checking if necessary Provide memory storage function for storing dye programs and operation data

downloading and swapping PLC programs dye programs factors library files andconfiguration files through an compact flash memory card (optional)

Built-in testing self-checking temperauture and calibration for quick and easychecking

Provide a dosing and temperature control functions by manual operating Built-in PLC no need to connect an external PLC device

Connecting to external DTRPLC device for In Output remote control Multi rank passwords for security purpose Connect to the DTR Central Control and Management System for controlling the

dyeing machines at the Control Room directly

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 470

2 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149 983110983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983115983141983161983155

The DTR-650 standard logo appears when the controller is power on It enters to the

window of 「Run」in few seconds Ready to start running and operating immediately or

press key「F1」(Exit)to go to the Main Menu Press()()to choose the operating

functions

State of dye

programs

Temperature of

the major

sensor Program Step

number

Main Menu

Sub-function

Menu

State Bar

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 570

2-1 Function Keys

There are five function keys「F1」~「F5」corresponding to 5 function items of the

main window press the function key corresponding to the item will get access to its

operation For example of the running page

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 670

2-2 Auxiliary Keys

Auxiliary Keys「3」「4」「5」「6」 have handy function for moving different directions

or pages

Key「OK」to confirm before make changes

Key「Esc」quit or return the previous changes

5555 33 44

6666 Esc OK

2-3 Numeric Membrane Keys

7 8 9

4 5 6

1 2 3 0

a Setting factors

b Password input

c Program selecting

d Program name

Program List mode Displays

Enter the window of addition program steps when

the program is runningAssist to check

the alarm info

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 770

2-4 Operation key and the Indicator

Operation key lsquoStartrsquo (Green button) to run and lsquoStoprsquo ( Red button ) to stop

dye programs

Indicator Run It turns On when the dye program running turns off when program

stops

Indicator Alarm It turns on when alarm is occurred

Indicator Operator It turns on when requesting an operator during program running

Run Alarm Operator

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 870

2-5 Selecting the operating functions

When the power on「Run」window appears can start running directly

To choose other function items press「F1」(Exit) to get access to the Main Meun Cursor

stays at the main function field now Choose operating function to move the cursor

accordingly

Steps(a) Press「F2」()「F3」() to move the cursor to the selected functions Press

「F5」(OK)

(b) Now the cursor is at the sub-function field Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose

the functions Press「F5」(ok )to enter the relating window

(c) Press「F1」(Exit)to exit

a)a)a)a)

b)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 970

3 983122983157983150

3-1 Running the current dye program

To enter to the Run window directly when the power on or press「F1」

(Run) to enter the Run window at main menu The ldquostatus barrdquo shows

the current dye programrsquos number and steprsquos number

Check the dye program number and step on the ldquoProgram Status Listrdquo

Press「」「」or「6」「5」to move the cursor to select the program step

to start with When select a step press「start」 to start running

program Now the indicator light「Run」turns on

One main function can be operating with 1 to 4 parallel functions at the same time

The five function keys on function row corresponding to its operating items of

that window press that relating key「F1」~「F5」will get access to its operation

T f th di l d k 「F4 i k 「3 t th S h ti

Parallel functions

Main function in ruuning

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1070

3-2 Jumping steps

During the program operating press「F2」(Jump)to jump to another steps to keep on

running Window appears

「Jump Prev」return to the step in front of the current step

「Jump Next」go to the next step from the current step

Press「」「」to move cursor then press「F5」(OK)to start running the target

dye step

Can use the numeric keys「Jump to XXX」to input the target dye steps directly

Press「F1」(Exit)to quit Keep operating the current program steps

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1170

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 270

7 Editing the Factors

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 39

7-2 Loading the standard factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 40

7-3 Copying the factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 41

7-4 Loading the backup factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 41

8 Output Testing 8-1 Testing the Digital output helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 42

8-2 Testing the Analog output helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 43

9 Calibration 9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 44

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 45

9-3 Temperature Calibration helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 46

10 Records of Dye Programs helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 47

11 Usage of Memory Card 11-1 Downloading data helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 49

11-2 Storing and transferring data helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 50

12 State and Information 12-1 Input Output state helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 51

12-2 Checking the system information helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 51

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 5213 Adjusting the Contrast helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 53

14 Stop running the PLC Program helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 54

15 Setting the time helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 55

16 Supplementary Table Table 1 Dye Instruction helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 56

Table 2 Alarm helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 57Table 3 System factor helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 58

Table 4 Temperature Control Factor helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 60

Table 5 Speed Factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 61

Table 6 Dosing Factors helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip 62

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 370

1 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150

DTR 650 Dyeing Machine Controller is a device that suitable for any kinds of high

or low temperaturersquos dyeing machines

57 inches TFT 256K Color Display with Chinese English and more language 8 individual PID control loops 3 loops for temperature control 2 loops for dosing

2 loops for pressure control and 1 loop speed control can operate indenpently atthe same time

Expandable InOutputrsquos up to 96 digital outputs and 72 digital inputs 6 setsPT100 temperature sensors 12 analog inputs and 12 analog outputs

Dye program and dye step can be edit before running an additional dye programand step can also run during dye program in operating or in a stop state

Each of the digital input and output channel can be adapted to another functions

directly from controllers Each main function can be operating with 4 parallel functions at the same time Three types of display mode during operating Schematic Diagram mode for

monitoring the whole dyeing process water level and the valve state Icon modefor viewing the main and parallel functions at the same time Program List modefor viewing the main function and all parallel functions at the same time User canchange the mode at anytime

Memorize for the past 15 days of running programs and temperature curves for

checking if necessary Provide memory storage function for storing dye programs and operation data

downloading and swapping PLC programs dye programs factors library files andconfiguration files through an compact flash memory card (optional)

Built-in testing self-checking temperauture and calibration for quick and easychecking

Provide a dosing and temperature control functions by manual operating Built-in PLC no need to connect an external PLC device

Connecting to external DTRPLC device for In Output remote control Multi rank passwords for security purpose Connect to the DTR Central Control and Management System for controlling the

dyeing machines at the Control Room directly

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 470

2 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149 983110983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983115983141983161983155

The DTR-650 standard logo appears when the controller is power on It enters to the

window of 「Run」in few seconds Ready to start running and operating immediately or

press key「F1」(Exit)to go to the Main Menu Press()()to choose the operating

functions

State of dye

programs

Temperature of

the major

sensor Program Step

number

Main Menu

Sub-function

Menu

State Bar

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 570

2-1 Function Keys

There are five function keys「F1」~「F5」corresponding to 5 function items of the

main window press the function key corresponding to the item will get access to its

operation For example of the running page

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 670

2-2 Auxiliary Keys

Auxiliary Keys「3」「4」「5」「6」 have handy function for moving different directions

or pages

Key「OK」to confirm before make changes

Key「Esc」quit or return the previous changes

5555 33 44

6666 Esc OK

2-3 Numeric Membrane Keys

7 8 9

4 5 6

1 2 3 0

a Setting factors

b Password input

c Program selecting

d Program name

Program List mode Displays

Enter the window of addition program steps when

the program is runningAssist to check

the alarm info

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 770

2-4 Operation key and the Indicator

Operation key lsquoStartrsquo (Green button) to run and lsquoStoprsquo ( Red button ) to stop

dye programs

Indicator Run It turns On when the dye program running turns off when program

stops

Indicator Alarm It turns on when alarm is occurred

Indicator Operator It turns on when requesting an operator during program running

Run Alarm Operator

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 870

2-5 Selecting the operating functions

When the power on「Run」window appears can start running directly

To choose other function items press「F1」(Exit) to get access to the Main Meun Cursor

stays at the main function field now Choose operating function to move the cursor

accordingly

Steps(a) Press「F2」()「F3」() to move the cursor to the selected functions Press

「F5」(OK)

(b) Now the cursor is at the sub-function field Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose

the functions Press「F5」(ok )to enter the relating window

(c) Press「F1」(Exit)to exit

a)a)a)a)

b)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 970

3 983122983157983150

3-1 Running the current dye program

To enter to the Run window directly when the power on or press「F1」

(Run) to enter the Run window at main menu The ldquostatus barrdquo shows

the current dye programrsquos number and steprsquos number

Check the dye program number and step on the ldquoProgram Status Listrdquo

Press「」「」or「6」「5」to move the cursor to select the program step

to start with When select a step press「start」 to start running

program Now the indicator light「Run」turns on

One main function can be operating with 1 to 4 parallel functions at the same time

The five function keys on function row corresponding to its operating items of

that window press that relating key「F1」~「F5」will get access to its operation

T f th di l d k 「F4 i k 「3 t th S h ti

Parallel functions

Main function in ruuning

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1070

3-2 Jumping steps

During the program operating press「F2」(Jump)to jump to another steps to keep on

running Window appears

「Jump Prev」return to the step in front of the current step

「Jump Next」go to the next step from the current step

Press「」「」to move cursor then press「F5」(OK)to start running the target

dye step

Can use the numeric keys「Jump to XXX」to input the target dye steps directly

Press「F1」(Exit)to quit Keep operating the current program steps

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1170

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 370

1 983113983150983156983154983151983140983157983139983156983145983151983150

DTR 650 Dyeing Machine Controller is a device that suitable for any kinds of high

or low temperaturersquos dyeing machines

57 inches TFT 256K Color Display with Chinese English and more language 8 individual PID control loops 3 loops for temperature control 2 loops for dosing

2 loops for pressure control and 1 loop speed control can operate indenpently atthe same time

Expandable InOutputrsquos up to 96 digital outputs and 72 digital inputs 6 setsPT100 temperature sensors 12 analog inputs and 12 analog outputs

Dye program and dye step can be edit before running an additional dye programand step can also run during dye program in operating or in a stop state

Each of the digital input and output channel can be adapted to another functions

directly from controllers Each main function can be operating with 4 parallel functions at the same time Three types of display mode during operating Schematic Diagram mode for

monitoring the whole dyeing process water level and the valve state Icon modefor viewing the main and parallel functions at the same time Program List modefor viewing the main function and all parallel functions at the same time User canchange the mode at anytime

Memorize for the past 15 days of running programs and temperature curves for

checking if necessary Provide memory storage function for storing dye programs and operation data

downloading and swapping PLC programs dye programs factors library files andconfiguration files through an compact flash memory card (optional)

Built-in testing self-checking temperauture and calibration for quick and easychecking

Provide a dosing and temperature control functions by manual operating Built-in PLC no need to connect an external PLC device

Connecting to external DTRPLC device for In Output remote control Multi rank passwords for security purpose Connect to the DTR Central Control and Management System for controlling the

dyeing machines at the Control Room directly

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 470

2 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149 983110983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983115983141983161983155

The DTR-650 standard logo appears when the controller is power on It enters to the

window of 「Run」in few seconds Ready to start running and operating immediately or

press key「F1」(Exit)to go to the Main Menu Press()()to choose the operating

functions

State of dye

programs

Temperature of

the major

sensor Program Step

number

Main Menu

Sub-function

Menu

State Bar

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 570

2-1 Function Keys

There are five function keys「F1」~「F5」corresponding to 5 function items of the

main window press the function key corresponding to the item will get access to its

operation For example of the running page

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 670

2-2 Auxiliary Keys

Auxiliary Keys「3」「4」「5」「6」 have handy function for moving different directions

or pages

Key「OK」to confirm before make changes

Key「Esc」quit or return the previous changes

5555 33 44

6666 Esc OK

2-3 Numeric Membrane Keys

7 8 9

4 5 6

1 2 3 0

a Setting factors

b Password input

c Program selecting

d Program name

Program List mode Displays

Enter the window of addition program steps when

the program is runningAssist to check

the alarm info

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 770

2-4 Operation key and the Indicator

Operation key lsquoStartrsquo (Green button) to run and lsquoStoprsquo ( Red button ) to stop

dye programs

Indicator Run It turns On when the dye program running turns off when program

stops

Indicator Alarm It turns on when alarm is occurred

Indicator Operator It turns on when requesting an operator during program running

Run Alarm Operator

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 870

2-5 Selecting the operating functions

When the power on「Run」window appears can start running directly

To choose other function items press「F1」(Exit) to get access to the Main Meun Cursor

stays at the main function field now Choose operating function to move the cursor

accordingly

Steps(a) Press「F2」()「F3」() to move the cursor to the selected functions Press

「F5」(OK)

(b) Now the cursor is at the sub-function field Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose

the functions Press「F5」(ok )to enter the relating window

(c) Press「F1」(Exit)to exit

a)a)a)a)

b)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 970

3 983122983157983150

3-1 Running the current dye program

To enter to the Run window directly when the power on or press「F1」

(Run) to enter the Run window at main menu The ldquostatus barrdquo shows

the current dye programrsquos number and steprsquos number

Check the dye program number and step on the ldquoProgram Status Listrdquo

Press「」「」or「6」「5」to move the cursor to select the program step

to start with When select a step press「start」 to start running

program Now the indicator light「Run」turns on

One main function can be operating with 1 to 4 parallel functions at the same time

The five function keys on function row corresponding to its operating items of

that window press that relating key「F1」~「F5」will get access to its operation

T f th di l d k 「F4 i k 「3 t th S h ti

Parallel functions

Main function in ruuning

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1070

3-2 Jumping steps

During the program operating press「F2」(Jump)to jump to another steps to keep on

running Window appears

「Jump Prev」return to the step in front of the current step

「Jump Next」go to the next step from the current step

Press「」「」to move cursor then press「F5」(OK)to start running the target

dye step

Can use the numeric keys「Jump to XXX」to input the target dye steps directly

Press「F1」(Exit)to quit Keep operating the current program steps

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1170

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 470

2 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149 983110983157983150983139983156983145983151983150 983115983141983161983155

The DTR-650 standard logo appears when the controller is power on It enters to the

window of 「Run」in few seconds Ready to start running and operating immediately or

press key「F1」(Exit)to go to the Main Menu Press()()to choose the operating

functions

State of dye

programs

Temperature of

the major

sensor Program Step

number

Main Menu

Sub-function

Menu

State Bar

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 570

2-1 Function Keys

There are five function keys「F1」~「F5」corresponding to 5 function items of the

main window press the function key corresponding to the item will get access to its

operation For example of the running page

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 670

2-2 Auxiliary Keys

Auxiliary Keys「3」「4」「5」「6」 have handy function for moving different directions

or pages

Key「OK」to confirm before make changes

Key「Esc」quit or return the previous changes

5555 33 44

6666 Esc OK

2-3 Numeric Membrane Keys

7 8 9

4 5 6

1 2 3 0

a Setting factors

b Password input

c Program selecting

d Program name

Program List mode Displays

Enter the window of addition program steps when

the program is runningAssist to check

the alarm info

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 770

2-4 Operation key and the Indicator

Operation key lsquoStartrsquo (Green button) to run and lsquoStoprsquo ( Red button ) to stop

dye programs

Indicator Run It turns On when the dye program running turns off when program

stops

Indicator Alarm It turns on when alarm is occurred

Indicator Operator It turns on when requesting an operator during program running

Run Alarm Operator

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 870

2-5 Selecting the operating functions

When the power on「Run」window appears can start running directly

To choose other function items press「F1」(Exit) to get access to the Main Meun Cursor

stays at the main function field now Choose operating function to move the cursor

accordingly

Steps(a) Press「F2」()「F3」() to move the cursor to the selected functions Press

「F5」(OK)

(b) Now the cursor is at the sub-function field Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose

the functions Press「F5」(ok )to enter the relating window

(c) Press「F1」(Exit)to exit

a)a)a)a)

b)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 970

3 983122983157983150

3-1 Running the current dye program

To enter to the Run window directly when the power on or press「F1」

(Run) to enter the Run window at main menu The ldquostatus barrdquo shows

the current dye programrsquos number and steprsquos number

Check the dye program number and step on the ldquoProgram Status Listrdquo

Press「」「」or「6」「5」to move the cursor to select the program step

to start with When select a step press「start」 to start running

program Now the indicator light「Run」turns on

One main function can be operating with 1 to 4 parallel functions at the same time

The five function keys on function row corresponding to its operating items of

that window press that relating key「F1」~「F5」will get access to its operation

T f th di l d k 「F4 i k 「3 t th S h ti

Parallel functions

Main function in ruuning

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1070

3-2 Jumping steps

During the program operating press「F2」(Jump)to jump to another steps to keep on

running Window appears

「Jump Prev」return to the step in front of the current step

「Jump Next」go to the next step from the current step

Press「」「」to move cursor then press「F5」(OK)to start running the target

dye step

Can use the numeric keys「Jump to XXX」to input the target dye steps directly

Press「F1」(Exit)to quit Keep operating the current program steps

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1170

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 570

2-1 Function Keys

There are five function keys「F1」~「F5」corresponding to 5 function items of the

main window press the function key corresponding to the item will get access to its

operation For example of the running page

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 670

2-2 Auxiliary Keys

Auxiliary Keys「3」「4」「5」「6」 have handy function for moving different directions

or pages

Key「OK」to confirm before make changes

Key「Esc」quit or return the previous changes

5555 33 44

6666 Esc OK

2-3 Numeric Membrane Keys

7 8 9

4 5 6

1 2 3 0

a Setting factors

b Password input

c Program selecting

d Program name

Program List mode Displays

Enter the window of addition program steps when

the program is runningAssist to check

the alarm info

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 770

2-4 Operation key and the Indicator

Operation key lsquoStartrsquo (Green button) to run and lsquoStoprsquo ( Red button ) to stop

dye programs

Indicator Run It turns On when the dye program running turns off when program

stops

Indicator Alarm It turns on when alarm is occurred

Indicator Operator It turns on when requesting an operator during program running

Run Alarm Operator

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 870

2-5 Selecting the operating functions

When the power on「Run」window appears can start running directly

To choose other function items press「F1」(Exit) to get access to the Main Meun Cursor

stays at the main function field now Choose operating function to move the cursor

accordingly

Steps(a) Press「F2」()「F3」() to move the cursor to the selected functions Press

「F5」(OK)

(b) Now the cursor is at the sub-function field Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose

the functions Press「F5」(ok )to enter the relating window

(c) Press「F1」(Exit)to exit

a)a)a)a)

b)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 970

3 983122983157983150

3-1 Running the current dye program

To enter to the Run window directly when the power on or press「F1」

(Run) to enter the Run window at main menu The ldquostatus barrdquo shows

the current dye programrsquos number and steprsquos number

Check the dye program number and step on the ldquoProgram Status Listrdquo

Press「」「」or「6」「5」to move the cursor to select the program step

to start with When select a step press「start」 to start running

program Now the indicator light「Run」turns on

One main function can be operating with 1 to 4 parallel functions at the same time

The five function keys on function row corresponding to its operating items of

that window press that relating key「F1」~「F5」will get access to its operation

T f th di l d k 「F4 i k 「3 t th S h ti

Parallel functions

Main function in ruuning

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1070

3-2 Jumping steps

During the program operating press「F2」(Jump)to jump to another steps to keep on

running Window appears

「Jump Prev」return to the step in front of the current step

「Jump Next」go to the next step from the current step

Press「」「」to move cursor then press「F5」(OK)to start running the target

dye step

Can use the numeric keys「Jump to XXX」to input the target dye steps directly

Press「F1」(Exit)to quit Keep operating the current program steps

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1170

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 670

2-2 Auxiliary Keys

Auxiliary Keys「3」「4」「5」「6」 have handy function for moving different directions

or pages

Key「OK」to confirm before make changes

Key「Esc」quit or return the previous changes

5555 33 44

6666 Esc OK

2-3 Numeric Membrane Keys

7 8 9

4 5 6

1 2 3 0

a Setting factors

b Password input

c Program selecting

d Program name

Program List mode Displays

Enter the window of addition program steps when

the program is runningAssist to check

the alarm info

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 770

2-4 Operation key and the Indicator

Operation key lsquoStartrsquo (Green button) to run and lsquoStoprsquo ( Red button ) to stop

dye programs

Indicator Run It turns On when the dye program running turns off when program

stops

Indicator Alarm It turns on when alarm is occurred

Indicator Operator It turns on when requesting an operator during program running

Run Alarm Operator

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 870

2-5 Selecting the operating functions

When the power on「Run」window appears can start running directly

To choose other function items press「F1」(Exit) to get access to the Main Meun Cursor

stays at the main function field now Choose operating function to move the cursor

accordingly

Steps(a) Press「F2」()「F3」() to move the cursor to the selected functions Press

「F5」(OK)

(b) Now the cursor is at the sub-function field Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose

the functions Press「F5」(ok )to enter the relating window

(c) Press「F1」(Exit)to exit

a)a)a)a)

b)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 970

3 983122983157983150

3-1 Running the current dye program

To enter to the Run window directly when the power on or press「F1」

(Run) to enter the Run window at main menu The ldquostatus barrdquo shows

the current dye programrsquos number and steprsquos number

Check the dye program number and step on the ldquoProgram Status Listrdquo

Press「」「」or「6」「5」to move the cursor to select the program step

to start with When select a step press「start」 to start running

program Now the indicator light「Run」turns on

One main function can be operating with 1 to 4 parallel functions at the same time

The five function keys on function row corresponding to its operating items of

that window press that relating key「F1」~「F5」will get access to its operation

T f th di l d k 「F4 i k 「3 t th S h ti

Parallel functions

Main function in ruuning

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1070

3-2 Jumping steps

During the program operating press「F2」(Jump)to jump to another steps to keep on

running Window appears

「Jump Prev」return to the step in front of the current step

「Jump Next」go to the next step from the current step

Press「」「」to move cursor then press「F5」(OK)to start running the target

dye step

Can use the numeric keys「Jump to XXX」to input the target dye steps directly

Press「F1」(Exit)to quit Keep operating the current program steps

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1170

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 770

2-4 Operation key and the Indicator

Operation key lsquoStartrsquo (Green button) to run and lsquoStoprsquo ( Red button ) to stop

dye programs

Indicator Run It turns On when the dye program running turns off when program

stops

Indicator Alarm It turns on when alarm is occurred

Indicator Operator It turns on when requesting an operator during program running

Run Alarm Operator

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 870

2-5 Selecting the operating functions

When the power on「Run」window appears can start running directly

To choose other function items press「F1」(Exit) to get access to the Main Meun Cursor

stays at the main function field now Choose operating function to move the cursor

accordingly

Steps(a) Press「F2」()「F3」() to move the cursor to the selected functions Press

「F5」(OK)

(b) Now the cursor is at the sub-function field Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose

the functions Press「F5」(ok )to enter the relating window

(c) Press「F1」(Exit)to exit

a)a)a)a)

b)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 970

3 983122983157983150

3-1 Running the current dye program

To enter to the Run window directly when the power on or press「F1」

(Run) to enter the Run window at main menu The ldquostatus barrdquo shows

the current dye programrsquos number and steprsquos number

Check the dye program number and step on the ldquoProgram Status Listrdquo

Press「」「」or「6」「5」to move the cursor to select the program step

to start with When select a step press「start」 to start running

program Now the indicator light「Run」turns on

One main function can be operating with 1 to 4 parallel functions at the same time

The five function keys on function row corresponding to its operating items of

that window press that relating key「F1」~「F5」will get access to its operation

T f th di l d k 「F4 i k 「3 t th S h ti

Parallel functions

Main function in ruuning

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1070

3-2 Jumping steps

During the program operating press「F2」(Jump)to jump to another steps to keep on

running Window appears

「Jump Prev」return to the step in front of the current step

「Jump Next」go to the next step from the current step

Press「」「」to move cursor then press「F5」(OK)to start running the target

dye step

Can use the numeric keys「Jump to XXX」to input the target dye steps directly

Press「F1」(Exit)to quit Keep operating the current program steps

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1170

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 870

2-5 Selecting the operating functions

When the power on「Run」window appears can start running directly

To choose other function items press「F1」(Exit) to get access to the Main Meun Cursor

stays at the main function field now Choose operating function to move the cursor

accordingly

Steps(a) Press「F2」()「F3」() to move the cursor to the selected functions Press

「F5」(OK)

(b) Now the cursor is at the sub-function field Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose

the functions Press「F5」(ok )to enter the relating window

(c) Press「F1」(Exit)to exit

a)a)a)a)

b)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 970

3 983122983157983150

3-1 Running the current dye program

To enter to the Run window directly when the power on or press「F1」

(Run) to enter the Run window at main menu The ldquostatus barrdquo shows

the current dye programrsquos number and steprsquos number

Check the dye program number and step on the ldquoProgram Status Listrdquo

Press「」「」or「6」「5」to move the cursor to select the program step

to start with When select a step press「start」 to start running

program Now the indicator light「Run」turns on

One main function can be operating with 1 to 4 parallel functions at the same time

The five function keys on function row corresponding to its operating items of

that window press that relating key「F1」~「F5」will get access to its operation

T f th di l d k 「F4 i k 「3 t th S h ti

Parallel functions

Main function in ruuning

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1070

3-2 Jumping steps

During the program operating press「F2」(Jump)to jump to another steps to keep on

running Window appears

「Jump Prev」return to the step in front of the current step

「Jump Next」go to the next step from the current step

Press「」「」to move cursor then press「F5」(OK)to start running the target

dye step

Can use the numeric keys「Jump to XXX」to input the target dye steps directly

Press「F1」(Exit)to quit Keep operating the current program steps

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1170

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 970

3 983122983157983150

3-1 Running the current dye program

To enter to the Run window directly when the power on or press「F1」

(Run) to enter the Run window at main menu The ldquostatus barrdquo shows

the current dye programrsquos number and steprsquos number

Check the dye program number and step on the ldquoProgram Status Listrdquo

Press「」「」or「6」「5」to move the cursor to select the program step

to start with When select a step press「start」 to start running

program Now the indicator light「Run」turns on

One main function can be operating with 1 to 4 parallel functions at the same time

The five function keys on function row corresponding to its operating items of

that window press that relating key「F1」~「F5」will get access to its operation

T f th di l d k 「F4 i k 「3 t th S h ti

Parallel functions

Main function in ruuning

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1070

3-2 Jumping steps

During the program operating press「F2」(Jump)to jump to another steps to keep on

running Window appears

「Jump Prev」return to the step in front of the current step

「Jump Next」go to the next step from the current step

Press「」「」to move cursor then press「F5」(OK)to start running the target

dye step

Can use the numeric keys「Jump to XXX」to input the target dye steps directly

Press「F1」(Exit)to quit Keep operating the current program steps

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1170

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1070

3-2 Jumping steps

During the program operating press「F2」(Jump)to jump to another steps to keep on

running Window appears

「Jump Prev」return to the step in front of the current step

「Jump Next」go to the next step from the current step

Press「」「」to move cursor then press「F5」(OK)to start running the target

dye step

Can use the numeric keys「Jump to XXX」to input the target dye steps directly

Press「F1」(Exit)to quit Keep operating the current program steps

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1170

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1170

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1270

3-4 Schematic Diagram Mode Display

Schematic diagram mode displays the dye program operating the water level and

valve status and etc

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from

Schematic diagram display mode Press membrance key「3」to view the

Schematic diagram mode again But if there is an alram occurred it stays at the

Program List mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list mode

By setting factor can view the Schematic diagram mode displays directly during

operating (refer to the《6-4》「Display mode setting」for details)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1370

3-5 Icon Mode Display

During the dye program operating press membrance key「F4」to change to the

display mode

When program stops it displays to Program list mode automatically from Icon

Mode Display Press numeric key「6」to view the Icon mode again But if there is

an alram occurred it stays at the Program list mode Please release the alarm first

Press numeric key「9」(Exit)to return to the Program list display

By setting factor can view the Icon mode displays directly during operating (refer

to the《6-4》Display mode setting for details)

3-6 Running state of dyeing machine

There is totally 2 pages of the Running status information

To check the running status when the program is in operating press「F5」(State)「Inputoutput State」appears pess key「F5」 「Running Information」appears

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1470

3-7 Keep continuing to run from the break point

Due to power sudden off or stop running the dye program it can keep continuing to

run from the break point when the power is retore Users can set the ldquoControl factorrdquo

which dye instruction allows (or prohitbit) to keep continuing to run from the breakpoint (refer to the charpter 6 for Setting)

When the power is restore the cursor stays at the step which stops suddenlybefore starting from the break point to press 「Run」 Window appears

Press「F4」(Yes)to keep going run from the break point

Press「F2」(No)to re-start that dye instruction

Press「F1 (Exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1570

3-8 Editing dye step temporary

Before dye program operating the ready-to-run dye step could be edit That edit will

not saved to the file and will not disappear by causing a sudden power inruption or

stop operating until a new dye program is selecting

Step

A Set the system factor as「22」first to allow editing the dye programs temporary

B Set the system factor as「23」 to allow the existing program can temporay

editing its range of step

C Item「19」of the system factor set the dye steps which allows or prohibits to edit

temporary (Refer to the Charpter 6 for details of 「Setting」the A-C )

D Press「F2」()「F3」()or「5」「6」at the Run window To move cursor

to the dye step intend to edit Press membrance key「2」「Edit instrunction

value」appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) then press()()or「5」「6」Programs names is listing

at the cursor or key in a value by the numeric keys Select and press「F5」(ok) to

confirm

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and go back to the Run window

G 〔Before pressing「F4」(Save)〕Press「F1」(Exit)to quit

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1670

3-9 Creating an additon dye step during dye program running

Before and during the dye program running the users can creat an addition dye step in

the existing dye programs

3-9-1 Creating an addition dye step

To creat one addition dye step before running or during running step as follows

A Set the System Factor as「34」to allow to creat an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

B In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of 「Edit

addition instruction」 to edit the single dye step first

C Press「」「」「5」

「6」to choose dye

steps press「F5」(OK)

D Press「F5」to edit the

content of dye step

E After complete editing the single dye

step Press「F4」(Run) to start running the

addition step

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1770

3-9-2 Creating an addition treatment to a saved dye program

During and before the dye program running can creat an addition treatment to a

saved dye program or a dye step in a saved dye program

(1) Set the System factor as「34」to allow creating an addition step (Refer to the

Chartper 6 for details)

(2) In window「Run dye program」 press numeric key「8」to enter window of「Edit

single step」

(3) Press「」「」to choose「Sub Prog」 press「4」to move cursor and set itrsquos

dye program number and the step number by numeric keys Or stay at the

「Prog」and press「F3」(File) window appears

(4) Press「」「」to choose an addition dye program then press「F5」(OK)

(5) Press「F4」(Run)to run the addition dye program(sub-dye program)

(6) Finish to run the sub-dye program and return to the main dye program

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1870

4 983120983137983155983155983155983159983151983154983140 DTR-650 provides four ranks of password for sercurity protection

(Refer to the ltTable 10gt Supplementary Table of the Password Usage for details)

First rank (User1 password) Edit delete dye programs control factors in output

testing etchellipall operating fuctions

Second rank (User2 password) Edit in output connecting table operating factors

Third rank (User3 password) Edit copy delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

Fourth rank (User4 password) Edit and modify dye programs

4-1 Entering the password

When the window of 「password」appears enter 6-digits number password by using

the numeric membrane keys then press「F5」(OK) If key-in an incorrect password

press「F3」(Del)and enter again

If the password is correct「」appears it allows to enter the relating operation

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 1970

4-2 Locking the data

After editing the programs and factors ensure to disable the password to protect all

programs and data of DTR-650 The way and step as follows

(1) Choose「8Others」at the main meun

(2) Choose「02Data Locking」at the sub-function field

(3) Press「F5」(OK)to confirm

(4) Return to the main menu「」disppears on the status bar that means the data

has been locking already

4-3 Setting and changing the Userrsquos password

There are four userrsquos password for setting and edit by the users themselves

User1 password Access to all operation setting

User2 password For edit in output connection table operating factors

User3 password Only for copy and delete dye programs factors PLC run stop

User4 password Only for edit and modify dye programs

Method of setting edit

(1) Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「7 Set Password 2」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)

(3) The cursor shows the default password now press「F3」(Clr)to delete Key in

a new password with 6-digit

(4) Press「F5」(OK)to complete the setting of User2 password Go back to the main

menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2070

The four userrsquos password has to made from different group numbers Using

same password will affect the operating Please pay attention when update the

password

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2170

5555 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

5-1 Choosing a dye program

Press function key「F4」(Edit)or choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu press

「F5」(OK)

Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function field press「F5」(OK)to enter to the

window「Sel dye program」During the dye program running it is allowed to edit asaved program or a new dye program or the current dye program in running

Method Press「」「」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to choose

a dye program number Press「F5」(OK)to enter that dye program Press

「F1(Exit)to quit and return

Method

Directly key in the number selection box

appears at the right corner of the window

Select a program number and press「F5」

(OK) fi

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2270

5-2 Creating a new dye program

Step

A Choose「1Dye Program」Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「1Edit Dye prog」at the sub-function menu press「F5」(OK)to enter

to window「Sel dye program」

C At the window「Sel dye program」 choose an empty dye number (eg「002」)

press「F5」(OK)window《Fig 5-2-1》appears

《Fig 5-2-1》

D Press「F2」(Add) table of 「Edit dye instruction」《Fig 5-2-2》appears

E Press「F5」(Edit) the dye instruction appears at the cursor locates press「」「」

」and「5」「6」「3」「4」to move cursor to edit the instruction and its

factors

F All inserted new dye instructions would be listed in front of 「Program End」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2370

【Eg】Edit「CycRinse」

A Edit the main function step first Press「F2」

()「F3」()to move the cursor The dye

step is listing by orders Choose「CycRinse」

and press「」 there is a cursor at itrsquos value

B Move cursor to setting value「Cold」andchoose「Mix」by pressing()() Then

press「」to move cursor to「Time」and enter

itrsquos setting value as「2」Press「F5」(OK) to

complete the main function setting

C To move cursor to the parallel functionsetting field Press()()to choose the

dye step Press「」to confirm and move

cursor to choose itrsquos setting facor

D Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the next

parallel function

E Repeat above steps C-D until all parallel

functions setting are completed Each main

function can be operating with the

maximum 4 parallel functions

F Press「F4」(Save)to confirm and return to

the「Edit dye program」window

G Repeat the above step A E to keep on

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2470

5-3 Setting the file name (for dye programs)

When a dye program is setting up it is saved by numbers automatically Optionally users

can save it by another names

Step

(1) Create a new dye program first (the Name is not available for empty dye

programs)

(2) At the window「Sel dye program」 press「F4」(File) Window《Fig5-3》appears

《Fig5-3》

(3) Use numeric 0~9「+」「-」「_」blank alphabet A~Z and symbols [ ] etchellip to

create a file name Each file name can type-in the max 8 unit Press 「3」「4」

「5」「6」to move the cursor to choose the unit It also can use the membrane

numbric key to type in The selected unit is showed in front of the cursor at the

「File」Press「OK」to confirm

(4) Quit to input to press「F3」(Clr)

(5) After complete the set up press「F5」(OK)to confirm and go back to the window

「Sel dye program」 Now the name behind the dye program number is created

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2570

5-4 Inserting a program step

Insert the program step means to insert a step in the existing program step where youwant to insert a step All following steps are moved one step ahead The total number of

steps will be increased by itself Able to insert more than one step continusely at the

same time

【Example】《Fig5-4》 To insert a step「call」before「002 Rinse」

《Fig 5-4》

Step

A Enter to the dye program「002」at the window of 「Sel dye program」

(Example)

B Press「6」to move cursor to「002 Rinse」 then press「F2」(add)

C Press「F5」(Edit) then press「」「」or「5」「6」to choose program

step to modify Choose「call」and press「」to move cursor to modify itrsquos

value

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2670

D Press「」「」 value of 「call」is listing at the table Choose「pH Check 」Press「F5」(OK)

E Press「F4」(Save)and press「F1」(Undo)to return to previous window Complete

to insert the「02 Call」The previous「02 Rinse」update to「03」 All following

steps are moved one step ahead Total number of steps will be increased ldquo1rdquo by

itself

Repeat the steps B-E can non-stop to insert more than one step

Quit the insert and modify ( before pressing「F4」) press「F1」(Undo) to exit

The original dye steps will be unchanged

To delete an inserted dye steps press key「F3」(Del) The step deletes

immediately

5-5 Deleting a program step

Delete the program step means to delete step which the cursor locates When that step is

deleted the step number will be updated automatically All following steps are moved up

one step It is allowed to delete more than one steps continuously at the same time

Step

A Enter to the「Edit dye program」《Fig5-5》at the window「Select dye program」

B Press「6」「5」move cursor to the want to delete

C Confirm and press「F3」(Del) Window「Confirm delete」appears Press

「F4」(Yes)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2770

D That step is deleted immediately and all following steps move up one step

Repeat the steps above can non-stop to delete more than one step

Press「F2」(No)to cancel the deletion

Press「F1」(Exit)to end

5-6 Modifying a program step

To modify the saved name and the setting value of the dyeing steps

Step

1 Choose a dye program which need to modify at the「Sel dye program」 press「F5」

(OK)

2 Press「6」「5」to move cursor to a step which need to modify Select and press

「F5」(Edit) Window of 「Edit dye instruction」appears

3 Press「F2」()「F3」()to choose the step list select it and press「」to move

the cursor to itrsquos value setting

4 Press numeric key to input the value or press「6」「5」to choose the item Press

「F5」(OK)when complete Cursor move to the next value (if need to set more

than one item)

5 Press「F4」(Save)when all setting is complete Return to「Edit dye program」

Method of parallel functionrsquos modification is same as above

Before pressing the key「「「「Save」」」」 press「F1」(Undo)to quit all modify Return

to the window of Edit dye program

All edit and modify functions mentioned of this charper are only available

for the dyeing files which already saved in the file and not being running It

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2870

5-7 Copying a dye program

Copying a dye programs mean to make a copy of an dye programs to a blank dyeprogram This function is for creating new dye program rapidly

Choose「1Dye Program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「2Copy dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-7-1》appears

《Fig 5-7-1》

《Fig 5-7-2》

【【【【Eg】】】】

Copy program 003 to program 012

Press「」「」to move cursor to theprogram「003」 press「F4」(Copy)

Program「003」shows at the top right side of

the bar

Press「」「」to move cursor to program「012」 Then press「F5」(Paste)「」appears behind the「012」That means it issuccessfully copying the program

If the target program is occupied

confirmation window「Overwrite」

When choose an program or a targetprogram can select them by using the

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 2970

5-8 Deleting a dye program

Choose「1Dye program」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)then press「F2」()to choose「3Delete dye prog」 Press「F5」(OK) 《Fig5-8-1》appears

《Fig5-8-1》

《Fig5-8-2》

Press「」「」to move cursor to

choose program need to delete Eg

delete program「012」 press「F5」(Del) Confirmation window

「Confirm delete」appears

Press「F4」(Yes) to confirm delete

Repeat the above step can delete more

than one program at the same time

Press「F2」(No) to return to window

《Fig5-8-1》and not delete that program

Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and return to the

main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3070

6 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor that can fulfill all different types of dyeing

machinesrsquos basic demand Users can also modify the factors base on their request to

fulfill their special control demand Before modify please refer to the table of each

range of Setting Factors (see the Supplementary Table)

6-1 ldquoEnable to use the program stepsrdquo setting

There are totally 64 program steps Parts of them are usually applying to the programs

In order to make more efficiently of editing programs it can「Disable」the other part

of program steps which are not usually applying or not applicable to the programs

For example dye machine with one tank it is only using step Tank B In this case itcan firstly「Disable」the program steps of Tank C When edit the program the

「Disable」rsquos steps will not appear at the cursor for choosing But this will not effect

and change the saved files The saved files can be kept as before

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)(2) Choose「18 Dye Instruction」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit dye ins」appears

「Enable」instruction can available to

use「Disable」instruction is temporarystop to use

Press「F2」()「F3」()to move

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3170

6-2 ldquoAllow to modify dye program temporary during operatingrdquo Setting

During dye program running it can modify dye program temporary Thesemodification will not disappear by causing a sudden power interruption or power off

until select another new dye program to run

Please note that it is only for modifying the dye program temporary That program

file would not saved due to the modification If need to modify the program file and

save choose the function of Edit Dye Program to edit (Refer to the Charper 5 for the【Edit Dye Prograrm】)

6-2-1 ldquoAllow to modify all dye programsrdquo Setting

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02 System Factor」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」(OK)

Window「Edit System Factor」appears

Set to stop using temporary the「07

Rinse」press「F4」(Sel)to set it as Disable

Repeat above steps to complete all setting

Press 「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3270

6-2-2 ldquoAllow to modify part of dye programsrdquo Setting

【Eg】Set the number 08 or above (including number 08) is allowing to modify dye

programs during operating

Step

A Refer to【6-2-1】setting the factor as「22」to allow editing dye program

temporary during operating

(4) Press「3」「4」to edit the setting

as「Enable」 and press「F5」(OK)

Restore the standard factor by

pressing「F3」(Clr)

(5) Exit to press「F1」(Exit)and

return to window of 「Main Menu」

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3370

6-2-3 ldquoAllow to modify dye steps temporaryrdquo Setting

After setting the dye programs are allowed to edit it also can set which dye steps are

allowed to edit temporary during operating

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factors」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「19 Dye Ins control」at the sub-function menu Then presss「F5」

(OK) Window「Edit ins mode」appears

「Enable」 Allow to edit that dye step before

operating

「Disable」 Not allow to edit dye step before

operating

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor

to choose dye step Press「F4」

To enter to the「Edit dye program」from the

function menu there is a「」in front of the

file name「0-7」 means that program is not

allowing to edit during operating

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3470

6-2-4 ldquoSet the dye step to keep running from the interrupt pointrdquo setting

When the dye program is operating it will disappear by causing power

interruption or sudden power off When start running again part of dye steps can

run again from the interrupt point part of them cannot

How to set

(1) Choose「2Factors」in the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「20Continue mode」in the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) to

enter window of 「Continue Setting」

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps Press「F4」(Sel)it

shows「Disable」or「Enable」for choosing Press「F5」(OK)to move cursorto the next setting

(4) Repeat above method until all setting is complete press「F1」(Exit)and

return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3570

6-3 ldquoAllow to insert an addition dye stepsrdquo setting

During the program is running can temporary insert an addition dye step or a dye

program according to the operating actual situation Through this setting can set which

dye steps can apply or not to the program in operating

During to insert an addition step if sudden interruption or power off occurred it returns

to the main dye program automatically Before starting again should decide seriously

and set it again by actual needed

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「」「」to move cursor to the factor「34」and press「3」「4」to set

it as「Enable」 Press「F5」(OK)

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu Choose「21Addition Ins」at the

sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)to enter the window「Addition Instruction」

(5) Press「」「」to move cursor to choose dye steps and press「F4」(Sel) Cursors

locates shows「Eable」or「Disable」 Press「F5」(OK)to move cursor to the

next dye step

(6) Repeat above method until to complete all setting press「F1」(Exit)and return

to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3670

6-4 Setting the display mode

DTR650 has three types of display mode during operating Program List mode

Schematic Diagram mode and Icon mode Users can set the display mode during

operating by factor setting

It goes back to a Program List mode when dye program ended

Step

(1) Choose「2Factors」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「02System factor」and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose「32Display mode」Press

「3」「4」 it shows「Online picture」「Instruction」「Big Icon」 choose

「Online picture」(eg) and press「F5」to confirm

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3770

(4) Press「F1」(Exit)to return to the main menu

(5) The Schematic Diagram displays when the program is running (it stays at theProgram List mode when there is an alarm occurred)

Press「F4」to transfer to another display mode

It goes back to a Program List mode from Schematic Diagram Mode when dye

program ended Press numeric key「3」to view Schematic Diagram Mode again

Quit to press「F5」(Exit)

6-5 Adapt the digital input to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)input terminal it owns an standard setting when the

controller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can change the DTR-650rsquos

anther functions of Input Terminal and PLC Input channel

The PLC Intputrsquos name can also define by the users (use IBM computer to edit and

download)

How to set

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「22 Input table」at the sub-function menu and press「F5」(OK)to enter

「Edit input table」

The actual input

terminal of theIBM computer

PLCrsquos input channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3870

6-6 Adapt the digital output to another functions

DTR-650 has 32(0~31)output terminals it owns an standard setting when thecontroller is initial According to the userrsquos demand they can adapte the digital output

and the PLC outputrsquos channel to another functions The PLC Output channelrsquos name

can also define by users (use IBM computer to edit and download)

Step

(1) Choose「2 Factor」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「23 Output table」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the output terminal atthe left side of the window Press「F5」(Add) the PLCrsquos output channelrsquos

name is listing at the right side of the window

(4) Press「F2」()「F3」()to move cursor to choose the PLC outputrsquos channel

If cursor moves to the PLC output channel which already linking「Add」is

not for choosing that means that output channel is already occupied

(5) Confirm the connection to press「F5」(Add) Quit to press「F4」(Del)Press「F1」(Exit)when complete all setting and return to main menu

The actual output

terminal of the

IBM computer

PLCrsquos output channel

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 3970

983095 983109983140983145983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983110983137983139983156983151983154983155DTR-650 has several kinds of control factors

Userrsquos factors System factors Temperature Control factors Speed factors Dosing

factors PID factors Analog Input Output factors standard factors etchellipPlease refer

to the supplementary table for the setting range and standard of the factors

DTR-650 has a built-in standard factor Users can edit by themselves if necessary

7-1 Modifying userrsquos factors

Userrsquos factors is setting with the Dyeing machinesrsquos PLC Programrsquos factor it is define by

the PLC Programmer

Step to edit

(1) Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「01User Factor」Press「F5」(OK)

(3) Press「F2」()「F3」()「6」「5」to move cursor up down and by page

Choose a factor need to edit then press「3」「4」to set itrsquos value Press「F5」(OK) Cursor moves to the next factor

(4) Some of factors can input numbers by the numeric membrance keys to edit If

the input is incorrect it turns to red and means the edit is not available

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4070

Modifyrsquos method of the system factors temperature factors speed factors dosingfactors PID factors analog Input output factors standard factors etchellipare same asabove

If apply the library of DTR500 and DTR600 into the DTR650 the key「3」「4」may not valid to use Please use the numeric keys instead of it to key in factors itmay not effect the normal operation

Please pay a serious attention and read carefully at the factorrsquos table before modify the factors An incorrect value may effect the DTR-650 Dyeing

Machine Controllerrsquos operating After modifying factors must cancel the

password and secure data

7-2 Loading the standard factors

After modifying factors if need to restore a manufacturerrsquos standard factors of

DTR-650 The method as follows

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

「 「 ( ) 「

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4170

7-3 Copying the factor

Users can build up a set of factor by themselves and make a copy and save

Step

1 Choose「2Factors」at main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「13Restore Factor」 press「F5」(OK) window「factor will be

overwrite 」

3 Press「F4」(Yes)copy finished and saved Return to the main menu

4 Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change Return

to the main menu

7-4 Loading the backup factors

Users can build up a set of factor and backup files to load to DTR-650

Step1 Choose「14Backup factor」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and

window「Factror will be overwrite」appears

2 Press「F3」(OK)to load the the backup factor them return to main menu

Press「F2」(No)to not copy the factor and the existing factor is not change

Return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4270

983096 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983124983141983155983156983145983150983143

Before the output testing must be complete the steps as follows

A Cut off all connecting line of output terminal of DTR-650

B Stop running the PLC

C Check up the connections of all output channels to avoid damages from

incorrect connections

D Check up state of dyeing machines include the temperature pressure valves

onoff and pumpshellipetc ensure the safety for priority

8-1 Testing the Digital output

Step

1 Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK) 2 Choose「1Digital」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Digital

output testing」appears

3 Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each output channels Press「F5」(OK)

Output Name

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4370

8-2 Testing the Analog output

(1) Choose「3Output Testing」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

(2) Choose「2Analog」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window「Analog output testing」appears

(3) Press「」「」「」to move cursor to each channels Then key in number by

the numeric membrance keys (range0~200= 0~20mA) Press「F5」(OK) there

is a output current relating to the output channel

(4) Press「F5」(OK) There is an output when the output channel with red light No

output without light onl(5) When complete the testing press「F1」(OK)to return to the main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4470

983097 983107983137983148983145983138983154983137983156983145983151983150

DTR-650 has Dosing and Temperature calibration

When enter to Dosing calibration must be set the Low Volume calibration first and

then High Volume calibration When enter to Temperature calibration must be set the

Low Temperature calibration first and then High Temperature calibration Must be

hightly follow this orders seriously

9-1 Calibration of Low Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dosing 0 low vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a half level input value shows how much the water level

If it stays ldquo0rdquo check the connection and the factor setting is correct or not

And connect the pressure sensorrsquos output channel to the Current Meter to ensure

that sensor works or not

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4570

D Fill the Dosing Tank to 50ml (Calcalate from the bottom side of the pressure

sensor steel tube) input value should show 4~6 (input value must between

0~10) Then enter the water volume The setting volume is relating the water

levelrsquos water value (litre as unit) input range 0~80 Set as「 「「 「0000 0000 0000 0000」」」」is strongly is strongly is strongly is strongly

receommend receommend receommend receommend Press「F5」(OK)to complete [Calibration of Low Volume Tank 1

is same as above method]

9-2 Calibration of High Volume Tank

Step

A Choose「4Calibration」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

B Choose「Dos 0 high vol」at the sub function menu Press「F5」(OK) window of

「Calibrate high 」appears

C Fill the Dosing Tank to a full level input value should be larger than 30 enter

the current water level which relates to the water volume Enter the range within

100~2500 Then press「F5」(OK) to complete the calibrate the high volume tank

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4670

9-3 Temperature Calibration

Step

A This function is for adjusting the DTR650rsquos accuracy of Temperature Control It

must be using with the special terminal which is only for DTR650

B Choose「4Calibration」at the main function menu and press「F5」(OK)

C Choose「3Low Temp」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK)and《Fig9-3》

appears insert the DTR650rsquos low temperature calibration terminal to the temperature

input terminal wait for the jumping value to stable down then press「F5」(OK) then

to adjust the high temperature calibration

D Adjusting the High Temperature Calibrationrsquos method is same as above But usersusersusersusers

must be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminalmust be using the High Temperature Terminal whichwhichwhichwhich is specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 onlyis specially for DTR650 only

《Fig 9-3》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4770

10 983122983141983139983151983154983140983155 983151983142 983108983161983141 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149983155

It contains the past 15 days of temperature curves of running history

Checking method

(1) Choose「5Dye Record」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

(2) Sub-function menu shows the set up date of the past 15 days dye programs

Listing by the lastest set up date

(3) Choose a program date and press「F5」(OK) it appears window「Temp

record」

(4) Press「」「」to move the white line in the box one minute by moving once

(5) Press「3」「4」to move the line to check the time period 2 hours by moving once

The yellow selecting line of the「24 hours operating state」is repectively moving

The curve info is show in the curve box Left side of the widnow appears the

relating running info the time is the time value of the line locates at

(6) Check more details of the temperature info to press numeric key「middot」 a bright red line

appears in the selecting box this line is to check the starting point of the

temperature inforsquos time period Then press「」to move the white line to the end

point of the time period The temperature info between the starting point and end

point are appears at the right side of the window Press「middot」to return to the preious

curve page

(7) Check more details of the alarm infor To perss numeric key「7」「9」 the alarmrsquos

details is listing by orders

(8) Press「F1」(exit) to return

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4870

11 983125983155983137983143983141 983151983142 983117983141983149983151983154983161 983107983137983154983140

DTR-650 supports 32MB or above Compact Flash Card which can transfer and save all

information for 4 sets of DTR-650 Including library files schematic diagram icon

image PLC program dye program factor and confiruration files etchellip Use the CF Card

to up download and swap the information of DTR-650 promptly install the relating

device and program updates

DTR-650 CF Card with bank 1 to bank 4 can save 4 sets information of Dyeing

Machines When download or save files should choose the BANK first

《Fig11-1》

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 4970

11-1 Downloading data

1 Firmly insert the CF card into the DTR-650rsquos PCMCIA connector Ensure it is

wholely and firmly inserted if the card is not totally inserted or the card do not

touch in all to the connector there will be an error occurred and cannot

updownload or interrupted during operation

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Information of Bank「1」shows at the left hand side of the window press

number 1-4 by using numeric keys to choose the BANK Check the

information in the Bank seriously which is exactly need to download to the

DTR650

3 Press()()「6」「5」to move cursor to the sub-function menu to choose

the downloading items Press「F5」(OK) window appears「Stop PLC run before

access memory card Stop the PLC run」 Press「F5」(YES) to stop PLC

running

4 Press「F5」(OK) window appears Confirm to update or not the DTR-650rsquos

information As that downloading will be replace the DTR-650rsquos information

(that means the existing information of the DTR-650 will be removed and

replaced)

5 Press「F4」(YES)to download the information from the DTR-650 to the CF

Card Return to the main menu when finish

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5070

Ensure inserting firmly the CF card into the DTR-650 unless it will cause

error or cannot Updownload data

Never remove CF card during transferring or updownloading data Until it

is all completed

DTR-650rsquos dyeing program is not compatible with DTR-500 and

DTR-600 Never use CF card to transfer data among them

11-2 Storing and transfering data

1 Insert the CF Card to the DTR-650

2 Choose「6Memory Card」at the main menu and press「F5」(OK) 《Fig11-1》

appears Left hand side of the window shows the data of BANK 1 press numeric

keys 1-4 to select the BANK To confirm the put the data in the DTR-650 to the CF

Card The existing data of that bank will be replaced and covered by the new data (if

that bank is already occuplied)

3 Choose「23Save Dye prog」(Example)at the sub-funciton menu press「F5」(OK)to confirm Window「Update memory card data」appears

4 Press「F5」(OK)to transfer the data to the CF card Return to the main menu

5 Put the CF card into another DTR-650 and follow the operating method of 「11-1

Downloading data」」」」can transfer and swap data with more than one set of

DTR-650

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5170

12 983123983156983137983156983141 983137983150983140 983113983150983142983151983154983149983137983156983145983151983150

The state and information is including the Dyeing Machinersquos state of Digit Input output

Analog Input output Temperature control PID Dosing PID Pressure different PID

software system information and alarm record This information is for checking at any

time

12-1 Input Output state

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Digital IO put」at the sub-function menu then press「F5」(OK)

「Digital In Out State」0=None 1=Input

3 Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main menu

Same method for checking the temperature control analog dosing pressure

different etchellip

12-2 Checking the system information

Step

1 Choose「7Info and state」at main menu and press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「11 System info」at sub-function field press「F5」(OK)Window

「System Information」appear

System information is including System info(software version) Library doc

Icon files Schematic file Definition file hardare state Config File Commandinstruction icon PLC file etc

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5270

12-3 Checking the operating alarm record

Operating record shows the latest 40 operating items and alarm records including

the time and content of the alarm

A) Choose「7 Info and state」

and press「F5」(OK)

B) Choose「12Alarm logs」at

the sub-funciton menu then

press「F5」(OK)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5370

13 983105983140983146983157983155983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983107983151983150983156983154983137983155983156

The displaysrsquos brightness can be adjusted if necessary

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at main menu press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「01Contrast」at sub-function menu press「F5」(OK) window「Set

Contrast」appears

3 Press「」「」to move the bar to set the brightness then press「F5」(OK)Window appears「Please reboot the system」

4 Press「F5」(OK)to return to main menu and re-boot the DTR-650 to complete

adjusting the brightness

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5470

14 983123983156983151983152 983154983157983150983150983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983120983116983107 983120983154983151983143983154983137983149

Before testing the Input output testing transfer of the PLC program must stop the PLC

running

Step

1 Choose「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「04 PLC Stop」at sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Password」appears

3 Enter password and press「F5」(OK) Window「Stop the PLC run」appears

4 Press「F4」(Yes)and window「PLC Stop」appear Press「F5」(OK) Now

the PLC is stop running and return to the main menu

All testing cannot operate when the PLC is running

Editing dye program and the relating operation can

perform with the PLC running together

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5570

15 983123983141983156983156983145983150983143 983156983144983141 983156983145983149983141

Step

1 Press「8Others」at the main menu Press「F5」(OK)

2 Choose「10Set date time」at the sub-function menu Press「F5」(OK) window

「Set date time」appears

3 Press「F5」(Edit) to move cursor by 「3」「4」 enter the time value at the

cursor locates

4 Press「F5」(OK)to complete the modify Press「F1」(Exit)to return to main

menu

5 Press「F1」(Exit)if not modify and return to main menu

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5670

1166 983123983123983157983157 983152 983152 983152 983152983148983148983141983141983149983149983141983141983150983150983156 983156 983137983137983154 983154 983161983161 983124 983124 983137983137983138983138983148983148983141983141

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 11111111 【Dye Instruction】

Code Icon Instruction Code Icon Instruction

000 End 016 Inject C

001 Start 017 Dosing BV

002 Heat 018 PH

003 Cool 019 Addsalt B

004 Flow Fill 020 Addsalt C

005 Level Fill 021 Ana Fill

006 Drian 022 Lock Fill007 Rinse 023 Lock Level

008 Run 024 Low Rinse

009 Call 025 Cyc Rinse

010 Prep B 026 Rinse B

011 Addsalt B 027 Rinse C

012 Dosing B 028 Temp

013 Inject B 029 Nozzle Pressure

014 Prep C 030 Main Pump

015 Dosing C 031 Pump Speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5770

Table 2 【【【【Alarm】】】】

System Alarm Must stop operating and check up to solve problems before restarting

the machine

Running Alarm It is a reminder Not effect the operating of DTR-650

Userrsquos Alarm Total of 32 Users can define themselves and use it when edit the PLC

Program (do not listing below)

No System Alarm No Running Alarm

1 PLC program not running 16 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too slow

2 Main temp sensor error 17 Temp ctrl 0 Grad too fast

3 Not at Run window 18 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too low

4 Exceeding max temp 19 Temp ctrl 0 Hold temp too high

5 - 20 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too slow6 - 21 Temp ctrl 1 Grad too fast

7 - 22 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too low

8 Communication error 23 Temp ctrl 1 Hold temp too high

9 Slave not answer 24 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too slow

10 PLC 0 not answer 25 Temp ctrl 2 Grad too fast

11 PLC 1 not answer 26 Temp 2 Hold temp too low12 Display not answer 27 Temp 2 Hold temp too high

13 Lower power voltage 28 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too slow

14 - 29 Temp ctrl 3 Grad too fast

15 - 30 Temp3 Hold temp too low

31 Temp3 Hold temp too high

32 Dosing 0 injection too slow

33 Dosing 0 injection too fast

34 Dosing 1 injection too slow

35 Dosing 1 injection too fast

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5870

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 33333333 【【【【System factor】】】】

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 ID No 000 000- 100 Controller no

2 Communication Rate 4800Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400

3 Display language Chinese English Chinese

4 Temp display mode and

5 Maxmium temperature 145 025 ~ 145 6 Type of external PLC Default PLC32DPLC32PLC16Default

7 Number of external PLC NANA 1 unit connect

2 unit connect

8Communication Rate of

PLC9600Bps 2400 4800 9600 19200

9 Set point 1 085 000 ~ 145

If signal source is temperaturethe setting value is thetemperature value If the signal

source is Analog Input 6~17 then

setting value for Analog input is 0 ndash

100 and relates Analog

Input14~020mA

10 Source 1 Sensor0Sensor 0 ~5

Analog input 0 ~1111 Set point 2 092 Same as 09

12 Source 2 PT100 1 Same as 10

13 Set point 3 085 Same as 09

14 Source 3 PT100 2 Same as 10

15 Set point 4 092 Same as 09

16 Source 4 PT100 3 Same as 1017 Set point 5 085 Same as 09

18 Source 5 PT100 4 Same as 10

19 Set point 6 092 Same as 09

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 5970

29 Min cyclic time of cloth 100sec 0 ~ 255 sec

30 Max cyclic time of cloth 240sec 0 ~255 sec

31Standard cyclic time of

cloth

180 000 ~ 255 sec

32 Display ModeProgram

List

Program list Schematic Diagram

Icon mode

33 CF card format Standard of

DTR CF

Card

Standard of DTR CF Card V20

Standard CF Card

34 Addition step Disable Disable Enable35 Mode Com 3

CouplingEsure Com 3 is the communication

port of the Central or Coupling

36Com 3 Communication

rate9600 Central communication speed

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6070

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 44444444 【【【【Temperature Cotnrol Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range and Definition

01 PT No PT-0 PT 0~5 PT-100 Input number

02 Max working temp 140 000~140

03 Output mode 0 0~2

04 Alarm time of gardient 240sec 000~255 sec

05 Alarm mode of gradient Always AlwaysOnceNone

06 Control mode of gradient Heating orCooling

interlocked

Heating and Cooling interlocked

No limitation

07 Alarm range of HoldTemp 03 01~20

08 Alarm time for HoldTemp 240sec 000~255sec

09 Alarm mode of HoldTemp Always AlwaysOnceNone

10 Control mode ofHoldTemp

Heating only Only heating and cooling Cooling whenalarm occurred Only heating andcooling No limitation when alarmHeating only

11 Porportional Band 100 000~250

12 Integral band 128 sec 000~255 sec

13 Differential time 04 sec 00~20 sec

14 Min transit gradient 02 00~50

15 Transit rate 20 times 00~50 times (020= 2 times)

16 PID initial output value 010 000~100

17 ONOFF cycle time 10 sec 05~25 sec

Onoff valve set as 010 sec

Proportional valve set as 020 sec

18 Time down count mode Mode 0 0~10 = The time down count range from「Factor 20 + target temp」to「Target

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6170

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 55555555 【【【【Speed Factor】】】】

No Factor Definition Standard Range amp Definition

01 Input Number Speed input 0 Speed input 0~11

02 Average times 05 times 01~10

03 Sensor Number 008pcs 001~255

04 Roller Dimension 250mm 050~500

05 Max cloth speed 200mmin 001~25506 Min cloth speed 020mmin 001~255

07 Alarm delay time 240sec 001~255

08 Alarm mode Every oncenoneevery

09 Alarm range () 020 001~255

10 Proportional band 100 001~255

11 Integer band 128 001~25512 Differential time 000 001~200

13 Initial speed () 020 001~255

14 Control cycle ti(01sec) 05 01~30

15 First cycle time(01sec) 10 01~30

16 Speed increase limit () 010 001~100

17 Speed decrease limit () 010 001~100

18 Min speed() 005 001~100

19 Manual speed adjust () 005 001~100

20 Manual initial speed() 020 001~100

21 Stopping speed() 010 001~100

22 Switch speed() 020 001~100

23 Not used

24 Speed decrease turns 03turns 01~50

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6270

Table 6 【【【【Dosing Factors】】】】

No Description Range Range and Explanation

1 Analog input no Analog input 0 Analog input no 0 ~11

2Alarm delay time for

dosing240 sec 000 ~255 sec

3 Alarm time for dosing Every Every Once None

4 Proportional band 100 000 ~255 sec Factor P

5 Integer band 128 000 ~255 sec Factor I6 Differential time 04 00 ~20 Factor D

7 Max adjust rate 150 50~ 255

8 Initial factor for dosing 10 000 ~100

9 User curve section 0 10 Gradient of sect1 for dosing curve9

10 User curve section 1 10 Gradient of sect2 for dosing curve9

11 User curve section 2 10 Gradient of sect3 for dosing curve9

12 User curve section 3 10 Gradient of sect4 for dosing curve9

13 User curve section 4 10 Gradient of sect5 for dosing curve9

14 User curve section 5 10 Gradient of sect6 for dosing curve9

15 User curve section 6 10 Gradient of sect7 for dosing curve9

16 User curve section 7 10 Gradient of sect8 for dosing curve9

17 User curve section 8 10 Gradient of sect9 for dosing curve9

18 User curve section 9 10 Gradient of sect10 for dosing curve9

19 Min water level 05 00~ 10 04~20mA percentagechange to the userrsquos factor setting

20 Output value for Tank

clean

100 000~ 100

Injected percentage of dosing valve

in dosing End period

This factor will be invalided if usingONOFF dosing valve

21 Full range 100 001~255 Self-adjustment cannotchange

22 Range ratio 001001~255 Self-adjustment cannot

change

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6370

【【【【TTaabbllee 77 】】】】Pressure Deviation Factors

No Description Std Range amp Definition

1 Analog input number + Analog in 0 Analog in 0~11

2 Analog input number - Analog in 1 Analog in 0~11

3 Input mode Pressure Pressure Pressure deviation

4 Full range 050x01Kgcm

001~255

5 Range ratio 001 001~255

6 Alarm delay time 100sec 001~255

7 Alarm mode Every oncenone

8 Alarm range 010 001~255

9 Proportional band 100 001~255

10 Integer band 128 001~255

11 Differential time 00 00~20

12 PID Init output value 010 001~255

13 Cycle time 10 03~30

14 First cycle time 030 003~100

15 Max adjust rate 010 001~100

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6470

【【【【TTaabbllee 88 】】】】Definition of Analog Input

No Description Standard Range and Explanation

01 PT 0 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

02 PT 0 correction +0 +- 9

03 PT 1 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

04 PT 1 correction +0 +- 9

05 PT 2 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

06 PT 2 correction +0 +- 9

07 PT 3 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

08 PT 3 correction +0 +- 9

09 PT 4 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

10 PT 4 correction +0 +- 9

11 PT 5 correction standard DIN std DIN std JIS std

12 PT 5 correction +0 +- 9

13 Analog input 0 define 4 ~ 20mA 0 ndash 20mA 4 ndash 20mA

14 Analog input 0 average times 10 times 01- 20 times

15 Analog input 0 min value 0000 0000 - 1000

16 Analog input 0 max value 100 0001 - 9999

17-60 Analog input 1~11 Same as Analog input 0

【【【【 】】】】 fi i i f A O

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6570

【【【【TTaabbllee 99 】】】】Definition of Analog Output

No Description Standard Range and explanation

61 Analog output 0 define Control byPLC

Control by PLC

Temperature control PID0 output

Temperature control PID1 output

Temperature control PID2 output

Speed PID3 output

Dosing PID0 output Dosing PID1output

Pressure different PID0 outputPressure different PID1 output

Main temperature output

62 Mode of Analog ouptput0 4 ~20mA 0 ndash20mA 4 ndash 20mA

63-84 Analog output 1~11 Same as Analog output 0

【【【【TTaabbllee 1100】】】】Value Table 0 amp 1

No Description Range Std Range and explanation

1 Analog input no 000~011 000 Analog input no

2 Data ratio 001~255 100 Multiple by factors

3~53 0~98 000~255 000-100 Analog input 0~98 data

【【【【 】】】】St t Li t

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6670

【【【【TTaabbllee 1111】】】】State List

No Description Range Standard Range and explanation

1 Display setting 1 0~255 205 See remarks at next page

2 Display setting 2 0~255 208

3 Display setting 3 0~255 209

4 Display setting 4 0~255 017

5 Display setting 5 0~255 0186 Display setting 6 0~255 019

7 Display setting 7 0~255 020

8 Display setting 8 0~255 021

9 Display setting 9 0~255 000

10 Display setting 1 0~255 000

11 Display setting 2 0~255 000

12 Display setting 3 0~255 000

13 Display setting 4 0~255 000

14 Display setting 5 0~255 000

15 Display setting 6 0~255 000

16 Display setting 7 0~255 000

Remarks

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6770

0 = No display 1~255 = Display type of number

1~16 Content of PLC VB0~15

No 1 corresponding to VB0

No 16 corresponding to VB15

17~32 Content of PLC DB0~15

No 17 corresponding to DB0

No 32 corresponding to DB15

33~46 Content of PLC CNT0~29

No 33 corresponding to CNT0

No 46 corresponding to CNT29 47~78 Content of dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT0

No 47 corresponding to system instruction to No 0 of CNT0

No 78 corresponding to system instruction to No 31 of CNT0rsquos content

79~110 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT0rsquos setting

111~142 Content of Dyeing instruction 0~31 CNT1No 111 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 0 of CNT1

No 142 corresponding to dyeing instruction No 31 of CNT1rsquos content

143~174 Dyeing instruction 0~31 of CNT1rsquos setting

175~204 Content of PLC HTIM0~29

No 175 corresponding to HTIM0

No 204 corresponding to HTIM29

205 Loading

206 Ratio 1

207 Ratio 2208 Ratio 1 x Loading

209 Ratio 2 x Loading

210 Fix value

211 Value Table 1 matching result

212 Value Table 2 matching result

213 Value Table 1 setting214 Value Table 2 setting

215 Pressure control PID0 different pressure value

216 Pressure control PID1 different pressure value

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1122 【【【【Usage of password】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6870

No Main FunctionFactor Sub Function Factor Password Rank

1 Run None

2 Dye program User3 or above

3 Control factor

- User factor User 1

- System factor User 1

- Temp PID 0

- Temp PID 1 User 1- Speed PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 0 User 1

- Dosing PID 1 User 1

- Pressure PID 0 User 1

- Pressure PID 1 User 1

- Analog IO User 1

- Load standard factor User 2 or above- Load a copied factor User 2 or above

- Copy factor User 2 or above

- Value table 0 User 1

- Value table 1 User 1

- Information and state User 1

- Dye instruction User 1

- Edit dye instruction setting User 14 Output testing User 2 or above

5 Calibration User 2 or above

6 Dye record None

7 CF card User 1

8 Info and state None

9 Others

- Contrast User3 or above

- Data Locking None

- PLC Run User 1

- PLC Stop User 1

- Password setting User 1

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 6970

TTTTTTTTaaaaaaaabbbbbbbblllllllleeeeeeee 1133 【【【【Technical Data】】】】

1 Temperature Control

- Range 10~145(plusmn1)

- Mode Proportional or PWM

- Sensor PT100 (JIS or DIN standard)

2 Input and output channel

- Digital Input 32 DC24V PNP- Digital Output 32 DC24V 054A Relay connect point

- Analog Input 4 04~20 mA

- Analog Output 4 0~20mA 或 4~20 mA

3 Communication port 3 RS-232 amp 0~20 mAx1 RS485x 2

4 Dye program

- Number 15000 Steps

- Standard step 61Heating Cooling Fill Drain RinseDosingetc

5LCD module and Display

langage

Chinese

English

320 x 240 TFT color display with

more language

6 CF card connector 1 PCMCIA standard

7 Membrane Keyboard- Number Key 10 [0]~[9] Input factors

- Function Key 5 [F1]~[F5] function selecting

- Operation Key 2 [Start] [Stop]

- Auxiliary Key 7 [][][][][Esc] [larr][OK] [bull]

8 Operating Condition

- Temperature 5~45

- Humidity ≦85 (25)

9 Power supply

V l DC 24V

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)

8132019 DTR 650 User Manual

httpslidepdfcomreaderfulldtr-650-user-manual 7070

70

983108983124983122983085650 983113983150983152983157983156 983119983157983156983152983157983156 983120983151983154983156983145983150983143 (983138983137983139983147983155983145983140983141 983158983145983141983159)